Samsung | SGH-E200B | Samsung SGH-E200B دليل الاستخدام

SGH-E200
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
SGH-E200 cover-Arb.indd 2
2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:14:41
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ® ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Bluetooth SIG, Inc‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ‪QD ID :‬‬
‫‪B012416‬‬
‫• ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺎ ™ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Sun Microsystems, Inc‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:14:41‬‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﲤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ )ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200 cover-Arb.indd 3‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﶈﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻓﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ )ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﱋ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ”ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣٨‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:32‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 1‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺜﻔﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫←‬
‫] [‬
‫> <‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫>ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫• ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻛﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:33‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 2‬‬
‫• ﺟﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺄﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ™ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳕﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:34‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 3‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺷﺤﻨﻪ ‪٦ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ‪٧ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪٧ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ‪٨ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪١١ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ ‪١٢ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ‪١٣ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪١٧ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪١٨ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪١٩ ......................................................... FM‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ‪٢٠ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪٢٠ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪٢١ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪٢٣ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ‪٢٣ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪٢٤ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪٢٧...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪١٥ ..................................................‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:34‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 4‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ< ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ‪FDN‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:34‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 5‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻛﻼﺀ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﱋ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﱋ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺷﺤﻨﻪ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﲟﺨﺮﺝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:35‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 6‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫)ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ /‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﺃﻳﺴﺮ‪/‬ﺃﳝﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ‪ PIN‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ /‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:36‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 7‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﳕﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻲ‬
‫• ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫• ﺃﻳﺴﺮ‪/‬ﺃﳝﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻤﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻧﻌﻢ<‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺛﻢ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:37‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺒﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 8‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [1‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [0‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﲔ ﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:38‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 9‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ )‪GPRS (2.5 G‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪EDGE‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ )ﻛﺘﻢ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ )ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ(‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ‬
‫• ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﳊﻦ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﳊﻦ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺛﻢ ﳊﻦ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﳊﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:39‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 10‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ< ﺃﻭ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫] [ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺭﺟﻮﻉ< ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 11‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ‬
‫( ﻭﳕﻂ ‪) ABC‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ ‪) T9‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ )‬
‫ﳕﻂ ‪ABC‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ ‪T9‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪[9‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﹰﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‪.‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [0‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 12‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [1‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [C‬ﳊﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [C‬ﳌﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﳊﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ←‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ←‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎ ﳌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ← ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺣﻔﻆ<‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 13‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ[ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ←‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ← ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺣﻔﻆ<‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ←‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ←‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 14‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ← ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٨‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ[ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 15‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻧﻌﻢ< ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ‪ .١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪١‬ﻭ‪ ٢‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:40‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 16‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺭﺟﻮﻉ< ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﺃﻭ > < ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ > < ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:41‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 17‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ Samsung PC Studio‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.Samsung PC Studio‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ← ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ← ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻳﺴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:41‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 18‬‬
‫• ﺃﳝﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ← ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺃﻳﺴﺮ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺃﳝﻦ[ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ ،FM‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫>ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺣﻔﻆ<‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:41‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 19‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:41‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺃﻋﻠﻰ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﺃﻭ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ< ﺃﻭ ]‪.[C‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[C‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ← ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ←‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫>ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ<‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 20‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ← ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ>ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ← ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺃﺿﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:41‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 21‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ← ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 22‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ← ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ← ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ← ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ← ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ←‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 23‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺣﻔﻆ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻧﻌﻢ< ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ[ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ← ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ←‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ← ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ← ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 24‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ<‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ← ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ←‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺗﻲ ← ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ )‪ ( PIN‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ)‪(PIN‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪.‬‬
‫ﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﹸ ﹺ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ< ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫← ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ PIN‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ<‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 25‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ >ﻧﻌﻢ< ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻧﻌﻢ< ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 26‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎ ﹰ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺍ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ‪FDN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ‪) FDN‬ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 27‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ) ‪(SDN‬‬
‫)ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﳋﺪﻣﺔ( ﺍﳌﻌﲔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ URL‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ﹰ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 29‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﳌﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﻜﲔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ[ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:42‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻬﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 31‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﹺﳌﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻲ‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]ﺃﻳﺴﺮ[ ﺃﻭ ]ﺃﳝﻦ[ ﻭ]ﺃﺳﻔﻞ[‬
‫ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻚ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺃﻋﻠﻰ[ ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺿﺒﻂ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫← ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ[‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟـ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 33‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫← ﳕﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫← ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫← ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫← ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫← ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫← ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫← ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫← ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫← ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫← ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪2007-11-29 ¿ÀÈÄ 6:33:12‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫← ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫← ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫← ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‬
‫← ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫← ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫← ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫← ﺿﻮﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫← ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫← ﺣﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫← ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻹﻋﻼﻣﻚ ﺑﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪2007-11-29 ¿ÀÈÄ 6:33:12‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 35‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫← ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫← ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫← ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻔﺮﻙ‬
‫← ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ‪PIN‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺿﺪ‬
‫← ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ‪PIN‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺧﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫← ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪PIN‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ←‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺧﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫‪FDN‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ← ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪PIN2‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ←‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪.DRM‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 37‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ )‪(SAR‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ ٢٫٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﻎ ‪.١‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:43‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻫﻮ ‪ ٠٫٥٦٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﺒﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ؛ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ‪ ٢٫٠‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮﺍﻡ )ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺠﻢ( ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﺸﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ‪ SAR‬ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 38‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ؛ ﺃﻳﺎ ﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ؛ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﹰﻴﺎ ﲟﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﱋ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻚ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺴﻮﱋ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ؛ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺋ ﹰﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ”ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻳﻮﻥ“ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ )‪ ٣٢‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 39‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؛ ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ )ﻋﻤﻠﺔ؛ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺑﻮﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﹰ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ(؛‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺋ ﹰﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﳝﻨﺤﻚ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ؛ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﻌﻮﺭﺍ ﹰ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﶈﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﹴ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪ .(RF‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻗﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 40‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ )‪(Pacemakers‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﻢ )‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺑﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﻭﺭﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﹸﺼﻨﱢﻊ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﺒﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﲢﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺳﻠ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧ ﱢﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺼﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 41‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺍﺋ ﹰﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﹸﻨﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ )ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ( ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺠﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺼﺮﻱ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﳌﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 42‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻔﻨﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺧﺼﲔ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳋﻄﺮ ﻭﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻸﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻔﺦ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺨﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻄﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﺛﻨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲢﻄﻴﻢ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺟﺎ ﹰﻓﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﲤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 43‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺬﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﺰﻩ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻄﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺼﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﳌﻌﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺀ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﲔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮﺭﺍ ﹰ ﻷﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪. .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 44‬‬
SGH-E200-Arb.indd 45
2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44
‫* ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﻠﺪﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪Printed in Korea‬‬
‫‪Code No.: GH68-14338A‬‬
‫‪Arabic. 11/2007. Rev. 1.0‬‬
‫‪2007-11-26 ¿ÀÈÄ 5:13:44‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪http://www.samsungmobile.com‬‬
‫‪SGH-E200-Arb.indd 46‬‬
Download PDF

advertising